blob: 23e07afcce3e6713bd93389ff424d25a75c1799c [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000025#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000026#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000027#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000030#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000031#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000032#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000033
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000034using namespace clang;
35
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000036unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
37unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000038unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
39unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000040unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
44
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000045enum FloatingRank {
46 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
47};
48
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000049void
50ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
51 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
52 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
53 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
54 // FIXME: Parameter pack
55
56 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
57 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
58 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
59 PEnd = Params->end();
60 P != PEnd; ++P) {
61 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
62 ID.AddInteger(0);
63 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
64 continue;
65 }
66
67 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
68 ID.AddInteger(1);
69 // FIXME: Parameter pack
70 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
71 continue;
72 }
73
74 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
75 ID.AddInteger(2);
76 Profile(ID, TTP);
77 }
78}
79
80TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
81ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
82 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) {
83 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
84 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
85 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
86 void *InsertPos = 0;
87 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
88 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
89 if (Canonical)
90 return Canonical->getParam();
91
92 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
93 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
94 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
95 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
96 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
97 PEnd = Params->end();
98 P != PEnd; ++P) {
99 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
100 CanonParams.push_back(
101 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
102 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
103 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
104 TTP->isParameterPack()));
105 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
106 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P))
107 CanonParams.push_back(
108 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
109 SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(),
110 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
111 getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()),
112 0));
113 else
114 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
115 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
116 }
117
118 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
119 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
120 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
121 TTP->getPosition(), 0,
122 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
123 SourceLocation(),
124 CanonParams.data(),
125 CanonParams.size(),
126 SourceLocation()));
127
128 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
129 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
130 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
131 (void)Canonical;
132
133 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
134 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
135 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
136 return CanonTTP;
137}
138
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000139CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000140 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
141
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000142 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000143 case CXXABI_ARM:
144 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
145 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000146 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000147 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
148 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
149 }
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000150 return 0;
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000151}
152
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000153ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar1b444192009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000154 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000155 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000156 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000157 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000158 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
159 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise862cbc2010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000160 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
161 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000162 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000163 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
John McCall8cb7bdf2010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000164 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000165 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000166 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenek6aead3a2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000167 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
168 DeclarationNames(*this),
169 ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenek520f47b2010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000170 LastSDM(0, 0),
171 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0), UniqueBlockParmTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000172 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
173 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000174 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000176 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000177 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000178}
179
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000180ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000181 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
182 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
183 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000184
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000185 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
186 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
187 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000188
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000189 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
190 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
191 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
192 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
193 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000194
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000195 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000196 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
197 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
198 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
199 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
200 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
201 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
202 R->Destroy(*this);
203
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000204 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
205 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
206 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
207 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
208 R->Destroy(*this);
209 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000210
211 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
212 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
213 A != AEnd; ++A)
214 A->second->~AttrVec();
215}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000216
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000217void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
218 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
219}
220
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221void
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000222ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
223 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
224}
225
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000226void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
227 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
228 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000229
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000230 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000231#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000232#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
233#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
234 0 // Extra
235 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000236
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000237 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
238 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000239 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000240 }
241
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000242 unsigned Idx = 0;
243 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
244#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
245 if (counts[Idx]) \
246 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
247 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
248 ++Idx;
249#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
250#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000252 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000253
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000254 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000255 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
256 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
257 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000258 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
259 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
260 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000261 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
262 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
263 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000264 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
265 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
266
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000267 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
268 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
269 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
270 }
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000271
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000272 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000273}
274
275
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000276void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000277 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000278 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000279 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000280}
281
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000282void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
283 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000285 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000286 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000288 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000289 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000290 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000291 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000292 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
293 else
294 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000295 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000296 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
297 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
298 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
299 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
300 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000301
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000302 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000303 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
304 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
305 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
306 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
307 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000308
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000309 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000310 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
311 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
312 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000313
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000314 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
315 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
316 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
317
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000318 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
319 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
320 else // C99
321 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000322
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000323 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
324 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
325 else // C99
326 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
327
328 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
329 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
330 else // C99
331 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
332
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000333 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
334 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
335 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
336 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
337 // expressions.
338 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000339
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000340 // Placeholder type for functions.
341 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
342
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000343 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlsson082acde2009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000344 // not yet been deduced.
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000345 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000346
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000347 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000348 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
349 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
350 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000351
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000352 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000353
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000354 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
355 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
356 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000357 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000359 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000360 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
361 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000362 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000363
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000364 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000365
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000366 // void * type
367 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000368
369 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
370 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000371}
372
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000373Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
374 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
375}
376
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000377AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
378 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
379 if (!Result) {
380 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
381 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
382 }
383
384 return *Result;
385}
386
387/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
388void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
389 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
390 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
391 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
392 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
393 }
394}
395
396
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000397MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000398ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000399 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000400 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000401 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
402 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
403 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000404
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000405 return Pos->second;
406}
407
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000409ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000410 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
411 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000412 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
413 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
414 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
415 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000416 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000417 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000418}
419
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000420NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000421ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000422 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000423 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
424 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000425 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000426
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000427 return Pos->second;
428}
429
430void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000431ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
432 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
433 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
434 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
435 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
436 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
437 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
438}
439
440UsingShadowDecl *
441ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
442 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
443 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
444 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
445 return 0;
446
447 return Pos->second;
448}
449
450void
451ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
452 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
453 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
454 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000455}
456
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000457FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
458 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
459 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
460 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
461 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000463 return Pos->second;
464}
465
466void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
467 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
468 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
469 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
470 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
471 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000473 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
474}
475
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000476ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
477ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
478 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
479 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
480 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
481 return 0;
482
483 return Pos->second.begin();
484}
485
486ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
487ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
488 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
489 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
490 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
491 return 0;
492
493 return Pos->second.end();
494}
495
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000496unsigned
497ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
498 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
499 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
500 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
501 return 0;
502
503 return Pos->second.size();
504}
505
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000506void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
507 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
508 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
509}
510
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000511//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
512// Type Sizing and Analysis
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000514
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000515/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
516/// scalar floating point type.
517const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000518 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000519 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
520 switch (BT->getKind()) {
521 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
522 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
523 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
524 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
525 }
526}
527
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000528/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000529/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
530/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000531/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
532/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000533CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000534 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
535
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000536 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
537 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
538 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000539
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000540 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
541 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
542 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
543 //
544 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
545 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
546 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
547 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
548 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
549 } else {
550 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
551 }
552 }
553
554 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
555 // ignore type of value
556 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000557 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000558 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000559 if (RefAsPointee)
560 T = RT->getPointeeType();
561 else
562 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
563 }
564 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Rafael Espindolae971b9a2010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000565 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
566 unsigned ArrayAlign = Target.getLargeArrayAlign();
567 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) && MinWidth != 0)
568 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
569 if (ConstantArrayType *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
570 unsigned Size = getTypeSize(CT);
571 if (MinWidth != 0 && MinWidth <= Size)
572 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
573 }
Anders Carlsson9b5038e2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000574 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000575 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
576 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
577
578 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
579 }
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000580 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
581 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
582 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
583 Align = std::min(Align,
584 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
585 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000586 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000587
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000588 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000589}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000590
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000591std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
592ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) {
593 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
594 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()),
595 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth()));
596}
597
598std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
599ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) {
600 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
601}
602
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000603/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
604/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000605///
606/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
607/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
608/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000609std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000610ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000611 uint64_t Width=0;
612 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000613 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000614#define TYPE(Class, Base)
615#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000616#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000617#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
618#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000619 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000620 break;
621
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000622 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
623 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000624 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
625 Width = 0;
626 Align = 32;
627 break;
628
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000629 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000630 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000631 Width = 0;
632 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
633 break;
634
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000635 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000636 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000637
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000638 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000640 Align = EltInfo.second;
641 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000642 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000643 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000644 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000645 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
646 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
647 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000648 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000649 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
650 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000651 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000652 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
653 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
654 }
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000655 break;
656 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000657
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000658 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000659 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000660 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000661 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000662 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
663 Width = 0;
664 Align = 8;
665 break;
666
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000667 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000668 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
669 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000671 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
672 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
673 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000674 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000675 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
676 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000677 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000678 case BuiltinType::WChar:
679 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
680 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
681 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000682 case BuiltinType::Char16:
683 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
684 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
685 break;
686 case BuiltinType::Char32:
687 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
688 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
689 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000690 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000691 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000692 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
693 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000694 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000695 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000696 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000697 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
698 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000699 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000700 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000701 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000702 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
703 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000704 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000705 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000706 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000707 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
708 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000709 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000710 case BuiltinType::Int128:
711 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
712 Width = 128;
713 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
714 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000715 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000716 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
717 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000718 break;
719 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000720 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
721 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000722 break;
723 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000724 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
725 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000726 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000727 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
728 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
729 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000730 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000731 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
732 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
733 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
734 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
735 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
736 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000737 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000738 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000739 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000740 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000741 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000742 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000743 case Type::BlockPointer: {
744 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
745 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
746 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
747 break;
748 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000749 case Type::LValueReference:
750 case Type::RValueReference: {
751 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
752 // the pointer route.
753 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
754 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
755 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
756 break;
757 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000758 case Type::Pointer: {
759 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000760 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000761 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
762 break;
763 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000764 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000765 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000766 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000767 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000768 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000769 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
770 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000771 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000772 case Type::Complex: {
773 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
774 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000775 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000776 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000777 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000778 Align = EltInfo.second;
779 break;
780 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000781 case Type::ObjCObject:
782 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000783 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000784 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000785 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
786 Width = Layout.getSize();
787 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
788 break;
789 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000790 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000791 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000792 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
793
794 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000795 Width = 1;
796 Align = 1;
797 break;
798 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000799
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000800 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000801 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
802
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000803 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000804 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
805 Width = Layout.getSize();
806 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000807 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000808 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000809
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000810 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000811 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
812 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000813
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000814 case Type::Typedef: {
815 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000816 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
817 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
818 Align = std::max(Typedef->getMaxAlignment(), Info.second);
819 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000820 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000821 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000822
823 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
824 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
825 .getTypePtr());
826
827 case Type::TypeOf:
828 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
829
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000830 case Type::Decltype:
831 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
832 .getTypePtr());
833
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000834 case Type::Elaborated:
835 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000836
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000837 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000838 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000839 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
840 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
841 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
842 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
843 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
844 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000845
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000846 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000847 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000848}
849
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000850/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
851/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
852CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000853 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000854}
855CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000856 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000857}
858
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000859/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000860/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
861CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
862 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
863}
864CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
865 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
866}
867
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000868/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
869/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
870/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
871/// a data type.
872unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
873 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000874
875 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000876 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000877 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
878 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
879 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
880 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
881
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000882 return ABIAlign;
883}
884
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000885/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
886/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
887///
888void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000889 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000890 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
891 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
892 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
893 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
894 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
895 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000896}
897
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000898/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
899/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
900/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
901/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
902/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000903///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000904void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
905 bool leafClass,
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000906 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000907 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
908 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
909 if (!leafClass) {
910 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
911 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000912 Ivars.push_back(*I);
913 }
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000914 else
915 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000916}
917
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000918/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
919/// those inherited by it.
920void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000921 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000922 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000923 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
924 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
925 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
926 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000927 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000928 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000929 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000930 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
931 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000932 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
933 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000934 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000935
936 // Categories of this Interface.
937 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
938 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
939 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
940 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
941 while (SD) {
942 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
943 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
944 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000945 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000946 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000947 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
948 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000949 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000950 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
951 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
952 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
953 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000954 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000955 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
956 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
957 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000958 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000959 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
960 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
961 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
962 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000963 }
964}
965
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000966unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
967 unsigned count = 0;
968 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian3bf0ded2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000969 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
970 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000971 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
972
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000973 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
974 // includes synthesized ivars.
975 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000976 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
977
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000978 return count;
979}
980
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000981/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
982ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
983 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
984 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
985 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
986 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
987 return 0;
988}
989/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
990ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
991 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
992 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
993 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
994 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
995 return 0;
996}
997
998/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
999void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1000 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1001 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1002 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1003}
1004/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1005void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1006 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1007 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1008 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1009}
1010
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001011/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001012///
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001013/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001014/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1015///
1016/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1017/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1018/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001019TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001020 unsigned DataSize) {
1021 if (!DataSize)
1022 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1023 else
1024 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001025 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001026
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001027 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1028 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1029 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1030 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001031}
1032
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001033TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001034 SourceLocation L) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001035 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001036 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1037 return DI;
1038}
1039
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001040const ASTRecordLayout &
1041ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1042 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1043}
1044
1045const ASTRecordLayout &
1046ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1047 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1048}
1049
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001050//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1051// Type creation/memoization methods
1052//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1053
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001054QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1055 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1056 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1057
1058 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1059 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1060 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1061 void *InsertPos = 0;
1062 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1063 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1064 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1065 return T;
1066 }
1067
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001068 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001069 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1070 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1071 return T;
1072}
1073
1074QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1075 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1076 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1077
1078 QualifierCollector Quals;
1079 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1080 Quals.addVolatile();
1081
1082 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1083}
1084
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001085QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001086 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1087 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001088 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001089
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001090 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1091 // into one ExtQuals node.
1092 QualifierCollector Quals;
1093 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001094
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001095 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1096 // another one.
1097 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1098 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1099 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001101 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001102}
1103
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001104QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001105 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001106 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001107 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001108 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001109
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001110 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001111 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001112 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001113 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1114 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1115 }
1116 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001117
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001118 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1119 // into one ExtQuals node.
1120 QualifierCollector Quals;
1121 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001122
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001123 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1124 // another one.
1125 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1126 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1127 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001128
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001129 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001130}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001131
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001132static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1133 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001134 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001135 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1136 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001137 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001138 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1139 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001140
1141 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001142 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1143 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1144 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001145 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001146 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1147 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001148
1149 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregoreece0ea2010-09-01 16:29:03 +00001150 } else if (const MemberPointerType *MemberPointer
1151 = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
1152 QualType Pointee = MemberPointer->getPointeeType();
1153 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
1154 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1155 return T;
1156
1157 ResultType = Context.getMemberPointerType(ResultType,
1158 MemberPointer->getClass());
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001159 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001160 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001161 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001162
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001163 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001164 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001165 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001166 } else {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001167 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001168 ResultType
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001169 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1170 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1171 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1172 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1173 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1174 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1175 FPT->exception_begin(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001176 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001177 }
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001178 } else
1179 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001180
1181 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1182}
1183
1184QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001185 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001186 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1187 Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001188}
1189
1190QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001191 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001192 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1193 Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001194}
1195
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001196QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1197 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
1198 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1199 Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
1200}
1201
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001202/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1203/// number with the specified element type.
1204QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1205 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1206 // structure.
1207 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1208 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001209
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001210 void *InsertPos = 0;
1211 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1212 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001213
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001214 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1215 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1216 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001217 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001218 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001219
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001220 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1221 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001222 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001223 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001224 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001225 Types.push_back(New);
1226 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1227 return QualType(New, 0);
1228}
1229
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001230/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1231/// the specified type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001232QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00001233 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1234 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001235 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001236 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001237
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001238 void *InsertPos = 0;
1239 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001240 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001241
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001242 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1243 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001244 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001245 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001246 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001247
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001248 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1249 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001250 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001251 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001252 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001253 Types.push_back(New);
1254 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001255 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001256}
1257
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001258/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001259/// a pointer to the specified block.
1260QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001261 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1262 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001263 // structure.
1264 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1265 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001266
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001267 void *InsertPos = 0;
1268 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1269 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1270 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001271
1272 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001273 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1274 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001275 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001276 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001277
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001278 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1279 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1280 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001281 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001282 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001283 BlockPointerType *New
1284 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001285 Types.push_back(New);
1286 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1287 return QualType(New, 0);
1288}
1289
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001290/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1291/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001292QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001293 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1294 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001295 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001296 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001297
1298 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001299 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1300 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001301 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001302
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001303 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1304
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001305 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1306 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1307 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001308 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1309 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1310 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001311
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001312 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001313 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1314 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001315 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001316 }
1317
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001318 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001319 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1320 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001321 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001322 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001323
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001324 return QualType(New, 0);
1325}
1326
1327/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1328/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1329QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1330 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1331 // structure.
1332 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001333 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001334
1335 void *InsertPos = 0;
1336 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1337 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1338 return QualType(RT, 0);
1339
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001340 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1341
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001342 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1343 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1344 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001345 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1346 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1347 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001348
1349 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1350 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1351 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1352 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1353 }
1354
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001355 RValueReferenceType *New
1356 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001357 Types.push_back(New);
1358 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001359 return QualType(New, 0);
1360}
1361
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001362/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1363/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001364QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001365 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1366 // structure.
1367 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1368 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1369
1370 void *InsertPos = 0;
1371 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1372 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1373 return QualType(PT, 0);
1374
1375 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1376 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1377 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001378 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001379 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1380
1381 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1382 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1383 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1384 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1385 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001386 MemberPointerType *New
1387 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001388 Types.push_back(New);
1389 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1390 return QualType(New, 0);
1391}
1392
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001393/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001394/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001395QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001396 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001397 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1398 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001399 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1400 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001401 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1402
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001403 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1404 // the target.
1405 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1406 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001407
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001408 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001409 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001410
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001411 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001412 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001413 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001414 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001415
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001416 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1417 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001418 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001419 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001420 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001421 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001422 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001424 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001425 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001426 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001427
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001428 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1429 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001430 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001431 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001432 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001433}
1434
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001435/// getIncompleteArrayType - Returns a unique reference to the type for a
1436/// incomplete array of the specified element type.
1437QualType ASTContext::getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(QualType Ty) {
1438 QualType ElemTy = getBaseElementType(Ty);
1439 DeclarationName Name;
1440 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ATypes;
1441 QualType ATy = Ty;
1442 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ATy)) {
1443 ATypes.push_back(ATy);
1444 ATy = AT->getElementType();
1445 }
1446 for (int i = ATypes.size() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
1447 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = getAsVariableArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1448 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Star,
1449 0, VAT->getBracketsRange());
1450 }
1451 else if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = getAsConstantArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1452 llvm::APSInt ConstVal(CAT->getSize());
1453 ElemTy = getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, ConstVal, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1454 }
1455 else if (getAsIncompleteArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1456 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Normal,
1457 0, SourceRange());
1458 }
1459 else
1460 assert(false && "DependentArrayType is seen");
1461 }
1462 return ElemTy;
1463}
1464
1465/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Returns a vla type where known sizes
1466/// are replaced with [*]
1467QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
1468 if (Ty->isPointerType()) {
1469 QualType BaseType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1470 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(BaseType)) {
1471 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(BaseType);
1472 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
1473 if (VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
1474 Ty = getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(BaseType);
1475 Ty = getPointerType(Ty);
1476 }
1477 }
1478 }
1479 return Ty;
1480}
1481
1482
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001483/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1484/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001485QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1486 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001487 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001488 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1489 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001490 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1491 // that have an expression provided for their size.
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001492 QualType CanonType;
1493
1494 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001495 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM,
1496 EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1497 }
1498
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001499 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001500 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001501
1502 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1503 Types.push_back(New);
1504 return QualType(New, 0);
1505}
1506
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001507/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1508/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001509/// type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001510QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1511 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001512 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001513 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1514 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001515 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1516 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001517 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1518
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001519 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001520 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001521 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001522
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001523 QualType CanonicalEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001524 if (NumElts) {
1525 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1526 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1527 // initializer.
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001528 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, CanonicalEltTy, ASM,
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001529 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1530
1531 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1532 }
1533
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001534 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1535 if (Canon) {
1536 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1537 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001538 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1539 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1540 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001541 } else if (CanonicalEltTy == EltTy) {
1542 // This is a canonical type. Record it.
1543 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1544 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1545 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1546
1547 if (NumElts) {
1548#ifndef NDEBUG
1549 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1550 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1551 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1552 (void)CanonCheck;
1553#endif
1554 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001555 }
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001556 } else {
1557 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonicalEltTy, NumElts,
1558 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1559 SourceRange());
1560 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1561 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1562 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001563 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001564
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001565 Types.push_back(New);
1566 return QualType(New, 0);
1567}
1568
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001569QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1570 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1571 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1572 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001573 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001574
1575 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001576 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001577 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1578 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1579
1580 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1581 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1582 QualType Canonical;
1583
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001584 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001585 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001586 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001587
1588 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1589 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1590 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001591 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001592 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001593
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001594 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1595 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001596
1597 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1598 Types.push_back(New);
1599 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001600}
1601
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001602/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1603/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001604QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001605 VectorType::AltiVecSpecific AltiVecSpec) {
1606 BuiltinType *BaseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001607
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001608 BaseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
1609 assert(BaseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001610
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001611 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1612 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001613 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, AltiVecSpec);
1614
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001615 void *InsertPos = 0;
1616 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1617 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1618
1619 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1620 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1621 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001622 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001623 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts,
1624 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001625
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001626 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1627 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001628 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001629 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001630 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001631 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, AltiVecSpec);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001632 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1633 Types.push_back(New);
1634 return QualType(New, 0);
1635}
1636
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001637/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001638/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001639QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001640 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001642 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001643 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001644
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001645 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1646 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001647 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
1648 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001649 void *InsertPos = 0;
1650 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1651 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1652
1653 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1654 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1655 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001656 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001657 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001658
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001659 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1660 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001661 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001662 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001663 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1664 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001665 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1666 Types.push_back(New);
1667 return QualType(New, 0);
1668}
1669
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001670QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001671 Expr *SizeExpr,
1672 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001673 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001674 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001675 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001676
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001677 void *InsertPos = 0;
1678 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1679 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1680 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1681 if (Canon) {
1682 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1683 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001684 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1685 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1686 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001687 } else {
1688 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1689 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001690 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1691 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1692 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001693
1694 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1695 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1696 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1697 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001698 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1699 } else {
1700 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1701 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001702 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1703 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001704 }
1705 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001706
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001707 Types.push_back(New);
1708 return QualType(New, 0);
1709}
1710
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001711/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001712///
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001713QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1714 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1715 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001716 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1717 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001718 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001719 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001720
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001721 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001722 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001723 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001724 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001725
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001726 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001727 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001728 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001729 Canonical =
1730 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1731 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001732
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001733 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001734 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1735 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001736 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001737 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001738
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001739 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001740 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001741 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001742 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001743 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001744}
1745
1746/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1747/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001748QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22c40fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001749 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001750 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1751 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001752 const QualType *ExArray,
1753 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
Douglas Gregor7fb25412010-10-01 18:44:50 +00001754
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001755 const CallingConv CallConv= Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001756 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1757 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001758 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001759 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001760 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001761 NumExs, ExArray, Info);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001762
1763 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001764 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001765 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001766 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001767
1768 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001769 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001770 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001771 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001772 isCanonical = false;
1773
1774 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001775 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001776 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001777 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001778 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001779 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1780 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001781 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001782
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001783 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001784 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf9bd4ec2009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001785 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001786 false, 0, 0,
1787 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001788
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001789 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001790 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1791 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001792 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001793 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001794
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001795 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001796 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1797 // end of them.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001798 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001799 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1800 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001801 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001802 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001803 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001804 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001805 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001806 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001807 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001808}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00001809
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001810#ifndef NDEBUG
1811static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1812 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1813 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1814 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1815 return true;
1816 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1817 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1818 return true;
1819 return false;
1820}
1821#endif
1822
1823/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1824/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1825QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1826 QualType TST) {
1827 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1828 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1829 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2c2167a2010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001830 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001831 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1832 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1833 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1834 } else {
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001835 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1836 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001837 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1838 }
1839 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1840}
1841
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001842/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1843/// specified type declaration.
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001844QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001845 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001846 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001847
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001848 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001849 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001850
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001851 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1852 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1853
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001854 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001855 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1856 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1857 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001858 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001859 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001860 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1861 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001862 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001863 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001864 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1865 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001866 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001867 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001868
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001869 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001870 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001871}
1872
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00001873/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001874/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001875QualType
1876ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001877 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001879 if (Canonical.isNull())
1880 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001881 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1882 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Chris Lattnercceab1a2007-03-26 20:16:44 +00001883 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001884 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001885}
1886
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001887QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) {
1888 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1889
1890 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1891 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1892 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1893
1894 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
1895 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1896 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1897}
1898
1899QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) {
1900 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1901
1902 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1903 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1904 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1905
1906 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
1907 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1908 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1909}
1910
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001911/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1912QualType
1913ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1914 QualType Replacement) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001915 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001916 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1917
1918 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1919 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1920 void *InsertPos = 0;
1921 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1922 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1923
1924 if (!SubstParm) {
1925 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1926 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1927 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1928 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1929 }
1930
1931 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1932}
1933
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001934/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001935/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001936/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001938 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001939 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001940 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001941 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001942 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001943 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001944 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1945
1946 if (TypeParm)
1947 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001948
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001949 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001950 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001951 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1952 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001953
1954 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1955 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1956 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1957 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001958 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001959 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1960 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001961
1962 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1963 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1964
1965 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1966}
1967
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001968TypeSourceInfo *
1969ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1970 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1971 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1972 QualType CanonType) {
1973 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1974
1975 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1976 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1977 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1978 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1979 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1980 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1981 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1982 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1983 return DI;
1984}
1985
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001986QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001987ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001988 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001989 QualType Canon) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001990 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1991
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001992 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1993 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1994 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1995 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1996
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001997 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001998 Canon);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001999}
2000
2001QualType
2002ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002003 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2004 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002005 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00002006 if (!Canon.isNull())
2007 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002008 else
2009 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002010
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002011 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2012 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2013 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregorc40290e2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00002015 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002016 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002017 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002018 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002019 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor00044172009-07-29 16:09:57 +00002020 Canon);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002022 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002024}
2025
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002027ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2028 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2029 unsigned NumArgs) {
2030 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2031 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2032 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2033 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2034 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2035 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2036
2037 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2038 // exists.
2039 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2040 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2041 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2042
2043 void *InsertPos = 0;
2044 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2045 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2046
2047 if (!Spec) {
2048 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2049 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2050 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2051 TypeAlignment);
2052 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2053 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
2054 QualType());
2055 Types.push_back(Spec);
2056 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2057 }
2058
2059 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2060 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2061 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2062}
2063
2064QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002065ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2066 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2067 QualType NamedType) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002068 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002069 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002070
2071 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002072 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002073 if (T)
2074 return QualType(T, 0);
2075
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002076 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2077 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2078 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002079 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2080 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002081 (void)CheckT;
2082 }
2083
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002084 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002085 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002086 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002087 return QualType(T, 0);
2088}
2089
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002090QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2091 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2092 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2093 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002094 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2095
2096 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2097 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002098 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2099 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2100 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2101
2102 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2103 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002104 }
2105
2106 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002107 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002108
2109 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002110 DependentNameType *T
2111 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002112 if (T)
2113 return QualType(T, 0);
2114
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002115 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002116 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002117 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002118 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002119}
2120
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002121QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002122ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2123 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002124 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002125 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2126 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) {
2127 // TODO: avoid this copy
2128 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2129 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2130 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2131 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2132 ArgCopy.size(),
2133 ArgCopy.data());
2134}
2135
2136QualType
2137ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2138 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2139 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2140 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2141 unsigned NumArgs,
2142 const TemplateArgument *Args) {
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002143 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2144
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002145 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002146 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2147 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002148
2149 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002150 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2151 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002152 if (T)
2153 return QualType(T, 0);
2154
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002155 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002156
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002157 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2158 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2159
2160 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2161 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2162 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2163 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2164 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2165 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002166 }
2167
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002168 QualType Canon;
2169 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2170 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2171 Name, NumArgs,
2172 CanonArgs.data());
2173
2174 // Find the insert position again.
2175 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2176 }
2177
2178 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2179 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2180 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002181 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002182 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002183 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002184 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002185 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002186}
2187
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002188/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2189/// alphabetically.
2190static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2191 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002192 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002193}
2194
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002195static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002196 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2197 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2198
2199 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2200 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2201 return false;
2202 return true;
2203}
2204
2205static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002206 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2207 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002208
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002209 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2210 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2211
2212 // Remove duplicates.
2213 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2214 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2215}
2216
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002217QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2218 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
2219 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2220 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2221 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2222 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2223 return BaseType;
2224
2225 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002226 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002227 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002228 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002229 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2230 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002231
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002232 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2233 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002234 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002235 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2236 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2237 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002238 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2239 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002240 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2241
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002242 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002243 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2244 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002245 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002246 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2247 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002248 }
2249
2250 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002251 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2252 }
2253
2254 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2255 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2256 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2257 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2258 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2259
2260 Types.push_back(T);
2261 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2262 return QualType(T, 0);
2263}
2264
2265/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2266/// the given object type.
2267QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) {
2268 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2269 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2270
2271 void *InsertPos = 0;
2272 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2273 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2274 return QualType(QT, 0);
2275
2276 // Find the canonical object type.
2277 QualType Canonical;
2278 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2279 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2280
2281 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002282 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2283 }
2284
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002285 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002286 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2287 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2288 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002289
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002290 Types.push_back(QType);
2291 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002292 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002293}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002294
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002295/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2296/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2297QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
2298 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2299 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002301 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2302 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2303 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2304 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2305 Types.push_back(T);
2306 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002307}
2308
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002309/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2310/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002311/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002313/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002314QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002315 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002316 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2317 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2318 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002319
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002320 void *InsertPos = 0;
2321 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2322 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2323 if (Canon) {
2324 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2325 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002326 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002327 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2328 }
2329 else {
2330 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002331 Canon
2332 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002333 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2334 toe = Canon;
2335 }
2336 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002337 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002338 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002339 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002340 Types.push_back(toe);
2341 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002342}
2343
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002344/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2345/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2346/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002347/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002348/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002349QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002350 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002351 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002352 Types.push_back(tot);
2353 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002354}
2355
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002356/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2357/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2358static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlsson7d209572009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002359 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2360 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002361
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002362 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2363 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2364 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2365 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2366 return VD->getType();
2367 }
2368 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2369 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2370 return FD->getType();
2371 }
2372 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2373 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2374 // return type of that function.
2375 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2376 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002378 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002379
2380 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002381 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2382 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2383 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002384
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002385 return T;
2386}
2387
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002388/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2389/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2390/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002392/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2393QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002394 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002395 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2396 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2397 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002398
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002399 void *InsertPos = 0;
2400 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2401 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2402 if (Canon) {
2403 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2404 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002405 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002406 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2407 }
2408 else {
2409 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002410 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002411 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2412 dt = Canon;
2413 }
2414 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002415 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002416 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002417 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002418 Types.push_back(dt);
2419 return QualType(dt, 0);
2420}
2421
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002422/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2423/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002424QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002425 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002426 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2427 // away const? mutable?
2428 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002429}
2430
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002431/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2432/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2433/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002434CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002435 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00002436}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002437
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002438/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2439/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2440QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2441 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2442 return WCharTy;
2443}
2444
2445/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2446/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2447QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2448 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2449 return UnsignedIntTy;
2450}
2451
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002452/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2453/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2454QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002455 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002456}
2457
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002458//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2459// Type Operators
2460//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2461
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002462CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2463 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2464 // qualifiers.
2465 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002466 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002467 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002468 QualType Result;
2469 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2470 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2471 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2472 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2473 } else {
2474 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2475 }
2476
2477 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2478}
2479
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002480/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2481/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2482/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2483/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2484/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2485/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002486CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002487 QualifierCollector Quals;
2488 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2489 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002490
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002491 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2492 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2493
2494 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2495 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002496 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002497
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002498 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2499 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2500 // type.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002501 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2502 if (!AT)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002503 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002504
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002505 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2506 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002507 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002508 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002509
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002510 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002511 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2512 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2513 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002514 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002515 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002516 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2517 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002518 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002519
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002520 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002521 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2522 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002523 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002524 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002525 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor326b2fa2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002526 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002527
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002528 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002529 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002530 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002531 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002532 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002533 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002534}
2535
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002536QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2537 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002538 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002539 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T);
2540 if (!AT) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002541 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002542 }
2543
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002544 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xucd321a32010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002545 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002546 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2547 return T;
2548
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002549 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002550 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2551 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2552 }
2553
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002554 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002555 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2556 }
2557
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002558 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
2559 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002560 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002561 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2562 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2563 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2564 }
2565
2566 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002567 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002568 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2569 SourceRange());
2570}
2571
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002572/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2573/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2574/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2575/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2576/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2577/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2578/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2579/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2580bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2581 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2582 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2583 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2584 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2585 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2586 return true;
2587 }
2588
2589 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2590 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2591 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2592 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2593 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2594 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2595 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2596 return true;
2597 }
2598
2599 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2600 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2601 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2602 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2603 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2604 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2605 return true;
2606 }
2607 }
2608
2609 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2610
2611 return false;
2612}
2613
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002614DeclarationNameInfo ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2615 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002616 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002617 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2618 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2619
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002620 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002621 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002622 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002623 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2624 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002625 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002626 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2627 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2628 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2629 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2630 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2631 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002632 }
2633 }
2634
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002635 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2636 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002637 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2638 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002639}
2640
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002641TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002642 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2643 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2644 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2645 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2646
2647 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002648 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002649 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002650
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002651 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002652
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002653 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2654 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2655 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2656}
2657
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002658bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2659 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2660 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2661 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2662}
2663
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002664TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002665ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2666 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2667 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2668 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002669
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002670 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002671 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002672
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002673 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002674 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002675
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002676 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2677 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2678
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002679 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002680 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002681 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002682
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002683 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002684 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002685
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002686 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2687 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2688 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2689 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002690 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002691 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2692 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2693 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002694
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002695 TemplateArgument Result;
2696 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2697 return Result;
2698 }
2699 }
2700
2701 // Silence GCC warning
2702 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2703 return TemplateArgument();
2704}
2705
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002706NestedNameSpecifier *
2707ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002708 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002709 return 0;
2710
2711 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2712 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2713 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002714 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002715 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2716 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2717
2718 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2719 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2720 // this namespace and no prefix.
2721 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2722
2723 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2724 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2725 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002726 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2727 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002728 T.getTypePtr());
2729 }
2730
2731 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2732 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2733 return NNS;
2734 }
2735
2736 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2737 return 0;
2738}
2739
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002740
2741const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2742 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002743 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002744 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2745 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2746 return AT;
2747 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002748
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002749 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002750 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002751 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002752 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002753
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002754 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002755 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2756 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002757
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002758 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2759 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002760 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002761
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002762 QualifierCollector Qs;
2763 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002764
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002765 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2766 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002767 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002768 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002769
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002770 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2771 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2772 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2773 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002774 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002775
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002776 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2777 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2778 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002779 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002780 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2781 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2782 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002783 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002784
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002785 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002786 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2787 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002788 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002789 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002790 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002791 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002792 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002793
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002794 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002795 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002796 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002797 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002798 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002799 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002800}
2801
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002802/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2803/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2804/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2805/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2806///
2807/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2808QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002809 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2810 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2811 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2812 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2813 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2814 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002815
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002816 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002817
2818 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002819 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002820}
2821
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002822QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002823 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002824 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2825 QT = AT->getElementType();
2826 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002827}
2828
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002829QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2830 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002831
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002832 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2833 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002834
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002835 return ElemTy;
2836}
2837
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002838/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002839uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002840ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2841 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2842 do {
2843 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2844 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2845 } while (CA);
2846 return ElementCount;
2847}
2848
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002849/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2850/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002851static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002852 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002853 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002854
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002855 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2856 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002857 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002858 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2859 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2860 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002861 }
2862}
2863
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002864/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2865/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002866/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2867/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002868QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2869 QualType Domain) const {
2870 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2871 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2872 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002873 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002874 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2875 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2876 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2877 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002878 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002879
2880 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2881 switch (EltRank) {
2882 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2883 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2884 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2885 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002886 }
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002887}
2888
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002889/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2890/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2891/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002892/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002893int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2894 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2895 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002896
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002897 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002898 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002899 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002900 return 1;
2901 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002902}
2903
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002904/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2905/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2906/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002907unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002908 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002909 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002910 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002911
Eli Friedmanc131d3b2009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002912 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2913 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2914
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002915 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2916 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2917
2918 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2919 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2920
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002921 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002922 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2923 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002924 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002925 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2926 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2927 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2928 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002929 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002930 case BuiltinType::Short:
2931 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002932 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002933 case BuiltinType::Int:
2934 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002935 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002936 case BuiltinType::Long:
2937 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002938 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002939 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2940 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002941 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002942 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2943 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2944 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002945 }
2946}
2947
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002948/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2949/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2950///
2951/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2952/// promotion occurs.
2953QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00002954 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
2955 return QualType();
2956
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002957 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2958 if (!Field)
2959 return QualType();
2960
2961 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2962
2963 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2964 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2965 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2966 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2967 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2968 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2969 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2970 return IntTy;
2971
2972 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2973 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2974
2975 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2976 // like the base type.
2977 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2978 // is ridiculous.
2979 return QualType();
2980}
2981
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002982/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2983/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2984/// integer type.
2985QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2986 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2987 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002988 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2989 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002990 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2991 return IntTy;
2992 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2993 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2994 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2995 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2996}
2997
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002998/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002999/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003000/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003001int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003002 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3003 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003004 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003005
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003006 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3007 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003008
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003009 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3010 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003011
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003012 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3013 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3014 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3015 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003016
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003017 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3018 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3019 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3020 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3021 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003022
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003023 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3024 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003025 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003026 return -1;
3027 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003028
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003029 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3030 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3031 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003032
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003033 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3034 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003035 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003036 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003037}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003038
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003039static RecordDecl *
3040CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
3041 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3042 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3043 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3044 else
3045 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3046}
3047
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003048// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003049QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
3050 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003051 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003052 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003053 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003054 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003055
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003056 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003057
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003058 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003059 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003060 // int flags;
3061 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003062 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003063 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003064 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003065 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3066
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003067 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003068 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003069 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003070 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003071 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003072 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003073 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003074 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003075 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003076 }
3077
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003078 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003079 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003080
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003081 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003082}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003083
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003084void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003085 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003086 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3087 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3088}
3089
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003090// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
3091QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
3092 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3093 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003094 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003095 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3096 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3097
3098 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3099
3100 // const int *isa;
3101 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3102 // const char *str;
3103 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3104 // unsigned int length;
3105 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3106
3107 // Create fields
3108 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3109 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3110 SourceLocation(), 0,
3111 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3112 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3113 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003114 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003115 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3116 }
3117
3118 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3119 }
3120
3121 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3122}
3123
3124void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3125 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3126 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3127 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3128}
3129
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003130QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003131 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003132 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003133 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003134 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003135 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003136
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003137 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3138 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003139 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003140 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3141 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3142 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3143 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003144
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003145 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003146 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3147 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3148 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003149 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003150 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003151 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003152 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003153 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003154 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003155
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003156 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003157 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003158
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003159 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3160}
3161
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003162QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
3163 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3164 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3165
3166 RecordDecl *T;
3167 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003168 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003169 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003170 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003171
3172 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3173 UnsignedLongTy,
3174 UnsignedLongTy,
3175 };
3176
3177 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3178 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003179 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003180 };
3181
3182 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3183 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3184 T,
3185 SourceLocation(),
3186 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003187 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003188 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3189 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003190 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003191 T->addDecl(Field);
3192 }
3193
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003194 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003195
3196 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3197
3198 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3199}
3200
3201void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3202 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3203 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3204 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3205}
3206
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003207QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
3208 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3209 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3210
3211 RecordDecl *T;
3212 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003213 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003214 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003215 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003216
3217 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3218 UnsignedLongTy,
3219 UnsignedLongTy,
3220 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3221 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3222 };
3223
3224 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3225 "reserved",
3226 "Size",
3227 "CopyFuncPtr",
3228 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3229 };
3230
3231 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3232 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3233 T,
3234 SourceLocation(),
3235 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003236 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003237 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3238 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003239 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003240 T->addDecl(Field);
3241 }
3242
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003243 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003244
3245 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3246
3247 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3248}
3249
3250void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3251 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3252 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3253 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3254}
3255
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003256bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3257 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3258 return true;
3259 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3260 return true;
3261 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3262 return true;
3263 return false;
3264}
3265
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003266QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003267 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003268 // void *__isa;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003269 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003270 // unsigned int __flags;
3271 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedman04831922010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003272 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3273 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003274 // int X;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003275 // } *
3276
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003277 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3278
3279 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003280 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3281 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3282 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003283 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003284 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003285 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003286 T->startDefinition();
3287 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3288 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3289 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3290 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3291 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3292 Int32Ty,
3293 Int32Ty,
3294 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3295 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3296 Ty
3297 };
3298
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003299 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003300 "__isa",
3301 "__forwarding",
3302 "__flags",
3303 "__size",
3304 "__copy_helper",
3305 "__destroy_helper",
3306 DeclName,
3307 };
3308
3309 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3310 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3311 continue;
3312 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3313 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003314 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003315 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003316 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003317 T->addDecl(Field);
3318 }
3319
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003320 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003321
3322 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003323}
3324
3325
3326QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003327 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003328 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) {
3329
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003330 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003331 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3332 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3333 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003334 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003335 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003336 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003337 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003338 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3339 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3340 IntTy,
3341 IntTy,
3342 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003343 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3344 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3345 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003346 };
3347
3348 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3349 "__isa",
3350 "__flags",
3351 "__reserved",
3352 "__FuncPtr",
3353 "__descriptor"
3354 };
3355
3356 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003357 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003358 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003359 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003360 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003361 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003362 T->addDecl(Field);
3363 }
3364
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003365 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) {
3366 const Expr *E = Layout[i];
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003367
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003368 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3369 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0;
3370 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
3371 FieldName = &Idents.get("this");
3372 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3373 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3374 FieldName = D->getIdentifier();
3375 if (BDRE->isByRef())
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003376 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getName(), FieldType);
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003377 } else {
3378 // Padding.
3379 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) &&
3380 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
3381 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() &&
3382 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl");
3383 }
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003384
3385 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003386 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003387 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003388 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003389 T->addDecl(Field);
3390 }
3391
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003392 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003393
3394 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003395}
3396
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003397void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003398 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003399 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3400 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3401}
3402
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003403// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3404// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003405static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003406 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003407 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3408 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003409
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003410 return false;
3411}
3412
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003413/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003414/// purpose.
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003415CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003416 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003417
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003418 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003419 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003420 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003421 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3422 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003423 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003424 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003425}
3426
3427static inline
3428std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3429 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003430}
3431
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003432/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003433/// declaration.
3434void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3435 std::string& S) {
3436 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3437 QualType BlockTy =
3438 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3439 // Encode result type.
John McCall8e346702010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003440 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003441 // Compute size of all parameters.
3442 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3443 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3444 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003445 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3446 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003447 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003448 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3449 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003450 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003451 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003452 ParmOffset += sz;
3453 }
3454 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003455 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003456 // Block pointer and offset.
3457 S += "@?0";
3458 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3459
3460 // Argument types.
3461 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3462 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3463 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3464 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3465 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3466 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3467 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3468 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3469 // elements.
3470 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3471 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3472 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3473 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3474 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003475 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003476 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003477 }
3478}
3479
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003480/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003481/// declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003482void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003483 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003484 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003485 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003486 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003487 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003488 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003489 // Compute size of all parameters.
3490 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3491 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3492 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003493 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003494 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3495 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003496 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003497 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003498 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003499 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003500 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003501 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3502 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003503 ParmOffset += sz;
3504 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003505 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003506 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003507 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003508
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003509 // Argument types.
3510 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003511 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003512 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003513 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003514 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003515 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003516 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3517 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3518 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003519 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003520 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3521 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3522 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003523 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003524 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003525 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003526 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003527 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003528 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003529 }
3530}
3531
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003532/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003533/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003534/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3535/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003536/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3537/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3538/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3539/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3540/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003541/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3542/// @code
3543/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3544/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3545/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3546/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3547/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3548/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3549/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3550/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3551/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3552/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3553/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3554/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3555/// };
3556/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003557void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003558 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003559 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003560 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3561 bool Dynamic = false;
3562 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3563
3564 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3565 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003566 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003567 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3568 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003569 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003570 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003571 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3572 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3573 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3574 Dynamic = true;
3575 } else {
3576 SynthesizePID = PID;
3577 }
3578 }
3579 }
3580 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003581 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003582 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003583 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003584 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003585 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3586 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3587 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3588 Dynamic = true;
3589 } else {
3590 SynthesizePID = PID;
3591 }
3592 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003593 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003594 }
3595 }
3596
3597 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3598 S = "T";
3599
3600 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003601 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3602 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003603 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003604 true /* outermost type */,
3605 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003606
3607 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3608 S += ",R";
3609 } else {
3610 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3611 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3612 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003613 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003614 }
3615 }
3616
3617 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3618 // are "dynamic by default".
3619 if (Dynamic)
3620 S += ",D";
3621
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003622 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3623 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003624
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003625 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3626 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003627 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003628 }
3629
3630 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3631 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003632 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003633 }
3634
3635 if (SynthesizePID) {
3636 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3637 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003638 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003639 }
3640
3641 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3642}
3643
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003644/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003645/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3646/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003647/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3648///
3649void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003650 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003651 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003652 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3653 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003654 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003655 else
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003656 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3657 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003658 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3659 }
3660 }
3661}
3662
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003663void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003664 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003665 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3666 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3667 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3668 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003669 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003670 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003671}
3672
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003673static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3674 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3675 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3676 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3677 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3678 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3679 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3680 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3681 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3682 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3683 return
3684 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
3685 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3686 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3687 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3688 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3689 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
John McCalldad856d2010-06-11 10:11:05 +00003690 case BuiltinType::WChar:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003691 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3692 case BuiltinType::Long:
3693 return
3694 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
3695 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3696 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3697 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3698 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00003699 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003700 }
3701}
3702
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003703static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003704 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003705 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3706 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3707 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003708 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003709 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3710 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3711 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3712 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3713 //
3714 // struct
3715 // {
3716 // int integer;
3717 // int flags:2;
3718 // };
3719 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
3720 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
3721 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
3722 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
3723 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
3724 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
3725 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
3726 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3727 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
3728 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
3729 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
3730 unsigned i = 0;
3731 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
3732 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
3733 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
3734 if (*Field == FD)
3735 break;
3736 }
3737 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
3738 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Context, T);
3739 }
3740 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003741 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3742}
3743
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003744// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003745void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3746 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3747 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003748 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003749 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003750 bool EncodingProperty) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003751 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003752 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003753 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
3754 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003755 return;
3756 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003757
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003758 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003759 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003760 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003761 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003762 return;
3763 }
Fariborz Jahaniand25c2192009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003764
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003765 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3766 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003767 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian89b660c2009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003768 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3769 S += ':';
3770 return;
3771 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003772 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3773 }
3774 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3775 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3776 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003777 bool isReadOnly = false;
3778 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3779 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3780 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003781 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003782 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003783 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3784 isReadOnly = true;
3785 S += 'r';
3786 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003787 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003788 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003789 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3790 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003791 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3792 isReadOnly = true;
3793 S += 'r';
3794 }
3795 }
3796 if (isReadOnly) {
3797 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3798 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3799 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003800 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3801 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003802 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003803
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003804 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3805 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3806 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003807 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003808 S += '*';
3809 return;
3810 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003811 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003812 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3813 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3814 S += '#';
3815 return;
3816 }
3817 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3818 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3819 S += '@';
3820 return;
3821 }
3822 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003823 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003824 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003825 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3826
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003827 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003828 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003829 return;
3830 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003831
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003832 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3833 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3834 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003835 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3836 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3837 S += '^';
3838
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003839 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003840 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3841 } else {
3842 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003843
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003844 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3845 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3846 else {
3847 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3848 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3849 S += '0';
3850 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003851
3852 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003853 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3854 S += ']';
3855 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003856 return;
3857 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003858
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003859 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003860 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003861 return;
3862 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003863
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003864 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003865 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003866 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003867 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3868 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3869 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003870 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
3871 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
3872 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
3873 std::string TemplateArgsStr
3874 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
3875 TemplateArgs.getFlatArgumentList(),
3876 TemplateArgs.flat_size(),
3877 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
3878
3879 S += TemplateArgsStr;
3880 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003881 } else {
3882 S += '?';
3883 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003884 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003885 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003886 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3887 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003888 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003889 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003890 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003891 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003892 S += '"';
3893 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003894
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003895 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003896 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003897 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003898 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003899 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003900 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3901 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003902 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003903 FD);
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003904 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003905 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003906 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003907 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003908 return;
3909 }
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00003910
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003911 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003912 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003913 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003914 else
3915 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003916 return;
3917 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003918
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003919 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003920 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003921 return;
3922 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003923
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003924 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
3925 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
3926 T = OT->getBaseType();
3927
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003928 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003929 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003930 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003931 S += '{';
3932 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3933 S += II->getName();
3934 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003935 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
3936 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
3937 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3938 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
3939 if (Field->isBitField())
3940 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003941 else
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003942 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003943 }
3944 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003945 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003946 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003947
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003948 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003949 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3950 S += '@';
3951 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003952 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003953
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003954 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3955 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3956 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3957 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003958 S += '#';
3959 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003960 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003961
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003962 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003963 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003964 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3965 ExpandStructures, FD);
3966 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3967 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3968 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003969 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003970 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3971 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003972 S += '<';
3973 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3974 S += '>';
3975 }
3976 S += '"';
3977 }
3978 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003979 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003980
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003981 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3982 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3983 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3984 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003985 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003986 // {...};
3987 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003988 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3989 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003990 NULL);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003991 return;
3992 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003993
3994 S += '@';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003995 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003996 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003997 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003998 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3999 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004000 S += '<';
4001 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4002 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004003 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004004 S += '"';
4005 }
4006 return;
4007 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004008
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004009 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4010 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4011 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4012 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004013
4014 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4015 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4016 // insufficient.
4017 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4018 return;
4019 }
4020
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004021 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004022}
4023
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004024void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004025 std::string& S) const {
4026 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4027 S += 'n';
4028 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4029 S += 'N';
4030 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4031 S += 'o';
4032 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4033 S += 'O';
4034 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4035 S += 'R';
4036 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4037 S += 'V';
4038}
4039
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004040void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004041 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004042
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004043 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4044}
4045
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004046void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004047 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004048}
4049
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004050void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004051 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004052}
4053
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004054void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004055 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahaniana32aaef2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004056}
4057
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004058void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004059 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004060}
4061
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004062void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004063 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004064 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004065
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004066 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004067}
4068
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004069/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4070/// lookup.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004071TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4072 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004073 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4074 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4075
4076 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4077 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4078 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4079
4080 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004081 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004082 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4083 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4084 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4085 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4086 *Storage++ = D;
4087 }
4088
4089 return TemplateName(OT);
4090}
4091
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004092/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4093/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004094TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004095 bool TemplateKeyword,
4096 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004097 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004098 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4099 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4100
4101 void *InsertPos = 0;
4102 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4103 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4104 if (!QTN) {
4105 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4106 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4107 }
4108
4109 return TemplateName(QTN);
4110}
4111
4112/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4113/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004114TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004115 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004116 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004117 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004118
4119 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4120 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4121
4122 void *InsertPos = 0;
4123 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4124 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4125
4126 if (QTN)
4127 return TemplateName(QTN);
4128
4129 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4130 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4131 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4132 } else {
4133 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4134 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004135 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4136 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4137 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4138 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004139 }
4140
4141 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4142 return TemplateName(QTN);
4143}
4144
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004145/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4146/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4147TemplateName
4148ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4149 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
4150 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4151 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4152
4153 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4154 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4155
4156 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004157 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4158 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004159
4160 if (QTN)
4161 return TemplateName(QTN);
4162
4163 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4164 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4165 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4166 } else {
4167 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4168 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004169
4170 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4171 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4172 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4173 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004174 }
4175
4176 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4177 return TemplateName(QTN);
4178}
4179
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004180/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004181/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4182/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004183CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004184 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004185 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004186 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4187 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4188 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4189 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4190 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4191 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4192 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4193 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4194 }
4195
4196 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004197 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004198}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004199
4200//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4201// Type Predicates.
4202//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4203
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004204/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4205/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4206/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004207/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004208///
4209bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
4210 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
4211 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004212 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004213 return true;
4214 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004215 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004216}
4217
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004218/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4219/// garbage collection attribute.
4220///
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004221Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
4222 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004223 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
4224 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004225 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004226 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004227 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004228 // as __strong.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004229 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d6298b2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00004230 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004231 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004232 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004233 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004234 }
Fariborz Jahaniand381cde2009-04-11 00:00:54 +00004235 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
4236 // set on them.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004237 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004238 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004239 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004240 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004241}
4242
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004243//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4244// Type Compatibility Testing
4245//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004246
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004247/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004248/// compatible.
4249static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4250 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004251 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004252 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004253 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004254}
4255
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004256bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4257 QualType SecondVec) {
4258 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4259 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4260
4261 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4262 return true;
4263
4264 // AltiVec vectors types are identical to equivalent GCC vector types
4265 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4266 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4267 if ((((First->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::AltiVec) &&
4268 (Second->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::NotAltiVec)) ||
4269 ((First->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::NotAltiVec) &&
4270 (Second->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::AltiVec))) &&
4271 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
4272 (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements()))
4273 return true;
4274
4275 return false;
4276}
4277
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004278//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4279// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4280//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4281
4282/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4283/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004284bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4285 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004286 if (lProto == rProto)
4287 return true;
4288 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4289 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4290 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4291 return true;
4292 return false;
4293}
4294
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004295/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4296/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4297/// otherwise.
4298bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4299 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4300 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4301 return false;
4302}
4303
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004304/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4305/// Class<p1, ...>.
4306bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4307 QualType rhs) {
4308 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4309 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4310 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4311
4312 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4313 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4314 bool match = false;
4315 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4316 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4317 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4318 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4319 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4320 match = true;
4321 break;
4322 }
4323 }
4324 if (!match)
4325 return false;
4326 }
4327 return true;
4328}
4329
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004330/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4331/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4332bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4333 bool compare) {
4334 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004335 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004336 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4337 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004338 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004339 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4340 return true;
4341
4342 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004343 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004344
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004345 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004346
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004347 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004348 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004349 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4350 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4351 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4352 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4353 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4354 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4355 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004356 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004357 return false;
4358 }
4359 }
4360 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4361 return true;
4362 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004363 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004364 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4365 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4366 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4367 bool match = false;
4368
4369 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4370 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4371 // through its super class and categories.
4372 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4373 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4374 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4375 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4376 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4377 match = true;
4378 break;
4379 }
4380 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004381 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004382 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4383 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4384 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4385 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4386 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4387 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4388 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004389 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004390 match = true;
4391 break;
4392 }
4393 }
4394 }
4395 if (!match)
4396 return false;
4397 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004398
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004399 return true;
4400 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004401
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004402 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4403 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4404
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004405 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004406 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4407 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4408 bool match = false;
4409 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4410 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4411 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanianec430222010-08-09 18:21:43 +00004412 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
4413 // static class must implement all of id's protocols directly or
4414 // indirectly through its super class.
Fariborz Jahanian753783a2010-08-12 20:46:12 +00004415 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004416 match = true;
4417 break;
4418 }
4419 }
4420 if (!match)
4421 return false;
4422 }
4423 return true;
4424 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004425 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004426 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4427 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4428 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4429 bool match = false;
4430
4431 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4432 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4433 // through its super class and categories.
4434 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4435 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4436 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4437 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4438 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4439 match = true;
4440 break;
4441 }
4442 }
4443 if (!match)
4444 return false;
4445 }
4446 return true;
4447 }
4448 return false;
4449}
4450
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004451/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004452/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4453/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4454///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004455bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4456 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004457 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4458 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4459
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004460 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004461 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4462 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004463 return true;
4464
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004465 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004466 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4467 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004468 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004469
4470 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4471 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4472 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4473
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004474 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4475 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004476 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004477
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004478 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004479}
4480
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004481/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4482/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4483/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4484/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4485/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4486bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4487 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4488 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004489 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004490 return true;
4491
4492 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4493 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4494 }
4495
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004496 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004497 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4498 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4499 false);
4500
4501 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4502 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4503 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4504 if (LHS != RHS) {
4505 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4506 return false;
4507 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4508 return true;
4509 }
4510 else
4511 return true;
4512 }
4513 return false;
4514}
4515
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004516/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4517/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4518/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4519/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4520static
4521void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4522 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4523 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4524 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4525
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004526 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4527 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4528 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4529 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004530
4531 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4532 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4533 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4534 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4535 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004536 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004537 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4538 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004539 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4540 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4541 }
4542
4543 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4544 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004545 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4546 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004547 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4548 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4549 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4550 }
4551 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004552 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004553 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4554 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004555 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4556 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4557 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4558 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4559 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004560 }
4561}
4562
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004563/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4564/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4565/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4566/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4567QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004568 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4569 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4570 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4571 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4572 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4573 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4574 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004575 return QualType();
4576
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004577 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4578 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004579 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004580 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4581 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4582
4583 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4584 if (!Protocols.empty())
4585 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4586 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4587 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004588 }
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004589 }
4590
4591 return QualType();
4592}
4593
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004594bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4595 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4596 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4597 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4598
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004599 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4600 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004601 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004602 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004603
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004604 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4605 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004606 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004607 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004608
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004609 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4610 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004611 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004612 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004613
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004614 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4615 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004616 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4617 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4618
4619 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4620 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004621 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4622 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004623 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4624 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004625 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004626 break;
4627 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004628 }
4629 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4630 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4631 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004632 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004633 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4634 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004635}
4636
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004637bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4638 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004639 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4640 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004641
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004642 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004643 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004644
4645 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4646 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004647}
4648
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00004649bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
4650 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
4651 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4652 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
4653}
4654
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004655/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004656/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004657/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004658/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004659bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4660 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004661 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4662 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4663
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004664 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004665}
4666
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004667bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4668 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4669}
4670
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004671/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
4672/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
4673/// QualType()
4674QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
4675 bool OfBlockPointer,
4676 bool Unqualified) {
4677 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
4678 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4679 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
4680 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4681 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
4682 QualType ET = it->getType();
4683 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4684 if (!MT.isNull())
4685 return MT;
4686 }
4687 }
4688 }
4689
4690 return QualType();
4691}
4692
4693/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
4694/// argument types
4695QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4696 bool OfBlockPointer,
4697 bool Unqualified) {
4698 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
4699 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
4700 // type is compatible with a union member
4701 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
4702 Unqualified);
4703 if (!lmerge.isNull())
4704 return lmerge;
4705
4706 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
4707 Unqualified);
4708 if (!rmerge.isNull())
4709 return rmerge;
4710
4711 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4712}
4713
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004714QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004715 bool OfBlockPointer,
4716 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004717 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4718 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004719 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4720 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004721 bool allLTypes = true;
4722 bool allRTypes = true;
4723
4724 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004725 QualType retType;
4726 if (OfBlockPointer)
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004727 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true,
4728 Unqualified);
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004729 else
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004730 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(),
4731 false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004732 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004733
4734 if (Unqualified)
4735 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
4736
4737 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
4738 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
4739 if (Unqualified) {
4740 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4741 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4742 }
4743
4744 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004745 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004746 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004747 allRTypes = false;
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004748 // FIXME: double check this
4749 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4750 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4751 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004752 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4753 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004754 unsigned RegParm = lbaseInfo.getRegParm() == 0 ? rbaseInfo.getRegParm() :
4755 lbaseInfo.getRegParm();
4756 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4757 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4758 RegParm != lbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4759 allLTypes = false;
4760 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4761 RegParm != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4762 allRTypes = false;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004763 CallingConv lcc = lbaseInfo.getCC();
4764 CallingConv rcc = rbaseInfo.getCC();
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004765 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00004766 if (!isSameCallConv(lcc, rcc))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004767 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004768
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004769 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004770 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4771 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004772 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4773 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4774
4775 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4776 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4777 return QualType();
4778
4779 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4780 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4781 return QualType();
4782
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004783 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4784 return QualType();
4785
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004786 // Check argument compatibility
4787 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4788 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4789 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4790 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004791 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
4792 OfBlockPointer,
4793 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004794 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004795
4796 if (Unqualified)
4797 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4798
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004799 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004800 if (Unqualified) {
4801 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4802 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4803 }
4804
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004805 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4806 allLTypes = false;
4807 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4808 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004809 }
4810 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4811 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4812 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004813 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004814 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004815 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004816 }
4817
4818 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4819 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4820
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004821 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004822 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004823 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004824 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4825 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4826 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4827 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4828 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4829 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4830 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4831 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4832 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004833
4834 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4835 // to pass enum values.
4836 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4837 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4838
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004839 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4840 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4841 return QualType();
4842 }
4843
4844 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4845 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4846 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump21e0f892009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004847 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004848 proto->getTypeQuals(),
4849 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004850 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004851 }
4852
4853 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4854 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004855 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004856 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, Info);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004857}
4858
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004859QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004860 bool OfBlockPointer,
4861 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004862 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4863 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4864 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004865 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4866 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004867 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4868 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004869
4870 if (Unqualified) {
4871 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4872 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4873 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004874
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004875 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4876 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4877
4878 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4879 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4880 return LHS;
4881
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004882 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004883 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4884 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004885 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4886 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4887 // mismatch.
4888 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4889 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4890 return QualType();
4891
4892 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4893 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4894 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4895 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4896 // qualified __strong.
4897 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4898 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4899 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4900
4901 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4902 return QualType();
4903
4904 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4905 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4906 }
4907 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4908 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4909 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004910 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004911 }
4912
4913 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004914
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004915 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4916 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004917
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004918 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4919 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4920 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4921 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004922
4923 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004924 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4925 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4926 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4927 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004928
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004929 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
4930 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4931 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4932
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004933 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4934 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4935 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004936
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004937 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004938 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004939 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004940 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004941 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4942 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004943 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004944 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4945 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004946 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004947 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004948 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4949 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004950 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004951
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004952 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004953 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004954
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004955 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004956 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004957#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4958#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00004959#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004960#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4961#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4962#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4963 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4964 return QualType();
4965
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004966 case Type::LValueReference:
4967 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004968 case Type::MemberPointer:
4969 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4970 return QualType();
4971
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004972 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004973 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4974 case Type::VariableArray:
4975 case Type::FunctionProto:
4976 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004977 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4978 return QualType();
4979
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004980 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004981 {
4982 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004983 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4984 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004985 if (Unqualified) {
4986 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4987 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4988 }
4989 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
4990 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004991 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004992 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004993 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004994 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004995 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004996 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4997 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004998 case Type::BlockPointer:
4999 {
5000 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005001 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5002 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005003 if (Unqualified) {
5004 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5005 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5006 }
5007 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5008 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005009 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5010 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5011 return LHS;
5012 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5013 return RHS;
5014 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5015 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005016 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005017 {
5018 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5019 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5020 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5021 return QualType();
5022
5023 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5024 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005025 if (Unqualified) {
5026 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5027 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5028 }
5029
5030 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005031 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005032 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5033 return LHS;
5034 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5035 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005036 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5037 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5038 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5039 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005040 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5041 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005042 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5043 return LHS;
5044 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5045 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005046 if (LVAT) {
5047 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5048 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5049 // has to be different.
5050 return LHS;
5051 }
5052 if (RVAT) {
5053 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5054 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5055 // has to be different.
5056 return RHS;
5057 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005058 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5059 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005060 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5061 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005062 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005063 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005064 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005065 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005066 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005067 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005068 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005069 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005070 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005071 case Type::Complex:
5072 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5073 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005074 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005075 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005076 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5077 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005078 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005079 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005080 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5081 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005082 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5083 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005084 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5085 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5086 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005087 return LHS;
5088
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005089 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005090 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005091 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005092 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5093 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5094 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5095 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
5096 return LHS;
5097 return QualType();
5098 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005099 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5100 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005101 return LHS;
5102
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005103 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005104 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005105 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005106
5107 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005108}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005109
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005110/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5111/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5112/// return types.
5113QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5114 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5115 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5116 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5117 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5118 return LHS;
5119 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5120 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5121 return QualType();
5122 QualType OldReturnType =
5123 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5124 QualType NewReturnType =
5125 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5126 QualType ResReturnType =
5127 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5128 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5129 return QualType();
5130 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5131 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5132 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5133 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5134 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
5135 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
5136 QualType ResultType
5137 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5138 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
5139 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
5140 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
5141 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
5142 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
5143 FPT->exception_begin(),
5144 Info);
5145 return ResultType;
5146 }
5147 }
5148 return QualType();
5149 }
5150
5151 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5152 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5153 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5154 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5155 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5156 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5157 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5158 return QualType();
5159
5160 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5161 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5162 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5163 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5164 // qualified __strong.
5165 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5166 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5167 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5168
5169 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5170 return QualType();
5171
5172 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5173 return LHS;
5174 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5175 return RHS;
5176 return QualType();
5177 }
5178
5179 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5180 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5181 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5182 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5183 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5184 return LHS;
5185 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5186 return RHS;
5187 }
5188 return QualType();
5189}
5190
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005192// Integer Predicates
5193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005194
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005195unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005196 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005197 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005198 if (T->isBooleanType())
5199 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005200 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005201 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5202}
5203
5204QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005205 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005206
5207 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5208 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5209 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005210 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getAltiVecSpecific());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005211
5212 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5213 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005214 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005215
5216 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5217 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005218 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5219 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5220 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5221 return UnsignedCharTy;
5222 case BuiltinType::Short:
5223 return UnsignedShortTy;
5224 case BuiltinType::Int:
5225 return UnsignedIntTy;
5226 case BuiltinType::Long:
5227 return UnsignedLongTy;
5228 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5229 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005230 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5231 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005232 default:
5233 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5234 return QualType();
5235 }
5236}
5237
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +00005238ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
5239
5240void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005241
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005242ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5243
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005244
5245//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5246// Builtin Type Computation
5247//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5248
5249/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005250/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5251/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5252/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5253/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005254///
5255/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5256/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005257static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005258 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005259 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005260 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005261 // Modifiers.
5262 int HowLong = 0;
5263 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005264 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005265
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005266 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005267 bool Done = false;
5268 while (!Done) {
5269 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005270 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005271 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005272 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005273 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005274 case 'S':
5275 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5276 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5277 Signed = true;
5278 break;
5279 case 'U':
5280 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5281 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5282 Unsigned = true;
5283 break;
5284 case 'L':
5285 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5286 ++HowLong;
5287 break;
5288 }
5289 }
5290
5291 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005292
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005293 // Read the base type.
5294 switch (*Str++) {
5295 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5296 case 'v':
5297 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5298 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5299 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5300 break;
5301 case 'f':
5302 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5303 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5304 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5305 break;
5306 case 'd':
5307 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5308 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5309 if (HowLong)
5310 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5311 else
5312 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5313 break;
5314 case 's':
5315 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5316 if (Unsigned)
5317 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5318 else
5319 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5320 break;
5321 case 'i':
5322 if (HowLong == 3)
5323 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5324 else if (HowLong == 2)
5325 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5326 else if (HowLong == 1)
5327 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5328 else
5329 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5330 break;
5331 case 'c':
5332 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5333 if (Signed)
5334 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5335 else if (Unsigned)
5336 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5337 else
5338 Type = Context.CharTy;
5339 break;
5340 case 'b': // boolean
5341 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5342 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5343 break;
5344 case 'z': // size_t.
5345 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5346 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5347 break;
5348 case 'F':
5349 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5350 break;
5351 case 'a':
5352 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5353 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5354 break;
5355 case 'A':
5356 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5357 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5358 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5359 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5360 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5361 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5362 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5363 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5364 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5365 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005366 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005367 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005368 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005369 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005370 break;
5371 case 'V': {
5372 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005373 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5374 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005375 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005376
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005377 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
5378 RequiresICE, false);
5379 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005380
5381 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005382 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
5383 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005384 break;
5385 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005386 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005387 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
5388 false);
5389 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005390 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5391 break;
5392 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005393 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005394 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5395 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005396 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005397 return QualType();
5398 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005399 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005400 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005401 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005402 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005403 else
5404 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5405
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005406 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005407 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005408 return QualType();
5409 }
5410 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005411 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005412
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005413 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
5414 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005415 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005416 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005417 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5418 case '*':
5419 case '&': {
5420 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5421 // qualified with an address space.
5422 char *End;
5423 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5424 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5425 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5426 Str = End;
5427 }
5428 if (c == '*')
5429 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5430 else
5431 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5432 break;
5433 }
5434 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5435 case 'C':
5436 Type = Type.withConst();
5437 break;
5438 case 'D':
5439 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5440 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005441 }
5442 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005443
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005444 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005445 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005446
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005447 return Type;
5448}
5449
5450/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005451QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005452 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
5453 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005454 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005455
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005456 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005457
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005458 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005459 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005460 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
5461 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005462 if (Error != GE_None)
5463 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005464
5465 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
5466
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005467 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005468 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005469 if (Error != GE_None)
5470 return QualType();
5471
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005472 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
5473 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
5474 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
5475 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
5476
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005477 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5478 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5479 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005480
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005481 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5482 }
5483
5484 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5485 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5486
5487 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
5488 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
5489 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005490
5491 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005492 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005493 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005494 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005495}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005496
5497QualType
5498ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
5499 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
5500 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
5501 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
5502 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
5503 // equivalent.
5504 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5505 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
5506 else
5507 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5508 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5509 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
5510 else
5511 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5512
5513 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
5514 if (lhs == rhs)
5515 return lhs;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005516
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005517 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
5518 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
5519 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
5520 return lhs;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005521
5522 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
5523
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005524 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
5525 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
5526 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005527 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005528 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5529 return lhs;
5530 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005531 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005532 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5533 return rhs;
5534 }
5535 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005536 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
5537 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
5538 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
5539 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005540 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005541 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005542 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005543 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005544 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
5545 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005546
5547 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005548 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005549 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005550 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005551 }
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005552 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
5553 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
5554 // does not require this promotion.
5555 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
5556 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
5557 return rhs;
5558 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
5559 return lhs;
5560 }
5561 }
5562 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
5563 }
5564 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
5565 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
5566 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
5567 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5568 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
5569 return lhs;
5570 }
5571 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5572 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
5573 return getComplexType(lhs);
5574 }
5575 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5576 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
5577 return rhs;
5578 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005579 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005580 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
5581 return getComplexType(rhs);
5582 }
5583 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
5584 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
5585 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
5586 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
5587 return lhs;
5588 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
5589 return rhs; // convert the lhs
5590 }
5591 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5592 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
5593 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5594 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5595
5596 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005597 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005598 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
5599 return lhs; // convert the rhs
5600 return rhs;
5601 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5602 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5603 return lhs;
5604 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5605 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5606 return rhs;
5607 }
5608 }
5609 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
5610 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
5611 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005612 bool lhsSigned = lhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(),
5613 rhsSigned = rhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005614 QualType destType;
5615 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
5616 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
5617 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
5618 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
5619 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
5620 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
5621 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
5622 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
5623 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
5624 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
5625 // use the signed type.
5626 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
5627 } else {
5628 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
5629 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
5630 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
5631 // to the signed type.
5632 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
5633 }
5634 return destType;
5635}
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005636
5637GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5638 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5639
5640 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
5641 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5642 FD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5643 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5644
5645 switch (L) {
5646 case NoLinkage:
5647 case InternalLinkage:
5648 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5649 return GVA_Internal;
5650
5651 case ExternalLinkage:
5652 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5653 case TSK_Undeclared:
5654 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5655 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5656 break;
5657
5658 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5659 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5660
5661 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5662 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5663 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5664 break;
5665 }
5666 }
5667
5668 if (!FD->isInlined())
5669 return External;
5670
5671 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5672 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5673 // externally visible.
5674 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5675 return External;
5676
5677 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5678 return GVA_C99Inline;
5679 }
5680
5681 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5682 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5683 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5684 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5685 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5686 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5687 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5688 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5689 return GVA_C99Inline;
5690
5691 return GVA_CXXInline;
5692}
5693
5694GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5695 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5696 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5697 // template.
5698 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5699 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5700 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5701
5702 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5703 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5704 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5705 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5706
5707 switch (L) {
5708 case NoLinkage:
5709 case InternalLinkage:
5710 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5711 return GVA_Internal;
5712
5713 case ExternalLinkage:
5714 switch (TSK) {
5715 case TSK_Undeclared:
5716 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5717 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5718
5719 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5720 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5721 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5722
5723 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5724 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5725
5726 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5727 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5728 }
5729 }
5730
5731 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5732}
5733
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005734bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005735 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5736 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5737 return false;
5738 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5739 return false;
5740
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005741 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5742 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5743 return false;
5744
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005745 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5746 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5747 return true;
5748
5749 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5750 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5751 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5752 return false;
5753
5754 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5755 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5756 return true;
5757
5758 // The key function for a class is required.
5759 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5760 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5761 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5762 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5763 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5764 return true;
5765 }
5766 }
5767
5768 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5769
5770 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5771 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5772 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5773 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5774 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5775 return false;
5776 return true;
5777 }
5778
5779 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5780 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5781
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005782 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5783 return false;
5784
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005785 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5786
5787 // FIXME: Handle references.
5788 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5789 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1b30d9c2010-08-15 01:15:20 +00005790 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
5791 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005792 return true;
5793 }
5794 }
5795
5796 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5797 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5798 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5799 return false;
5800 }
5801
5802 return true;
5803}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005804
5805CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}